Return to Site | View Calendar | Mobile Version
-- Select Location -- Collamer Park Eastline Romp and Play Dog Park Garden Patio Malta Community Center Malta Community Center - Gym Malta Community Center - Gym, Side 1 Malta Community Center - Gym, Side 2 Malta Community Center Parking Lot Malta Nature Preserve Round Lake Nature Preserve
to   
Show Location

Monday October 5, 2026
5:30 AM - 6:15 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM	Tiny Movers - Tiny Movers Monday Session 1 Tiny MoversInstructor:  Becky Weyrauch of Rock your FitnessTiny Movers is a fitness class for young kids. Coach Becky will teach your kids the skills of listening and motor skills coordination while playing age appropriate games that get your kids moving. In this non-competitive, positive environment the emphasis will be good sportsmanship, perseverance and how to be part of a team. These will become the building blocks for school age sports and the lifelong passion for healthy living.*Parent must stay for the program and will be asked to participate at certain times during class.Children should wear sneakers and bring a water bottle.
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM	Pickleball - Mondays Beginners Drop-In Pickleball Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game.  It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description   Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor:  Not sure what your skill level is?  See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor. Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking.  Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date.  On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain.  At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date.  You must be able to attend both.  If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program.  Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I  Learn to Play            July 7 or rain date July 9                                                      July 14 or rain date July 16                                                     July 21 or rain date July 23                                                     July 28 or rain date July 30R$99  NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice   June 9 or rain date June 11                                                           June 16 or rain date June 18                                                           June 23 or rain date June 25                                                           June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99  NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice  August 4 or rain date August 6                                                           August 11 or rain date August 13                                                           August 18 or rain date August 20                                                           August 25 or rain date August 27      R$99  NR$109 Private Lessons Available 1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  To book a lesson you must have an account.          (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
2:00 PM - 4:00 PM	Pickleball - Pickleball Program Beginners Monday Afternoon Session I Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game.  It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description   Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor:  Not sure what your skill level is?  See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor. Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking.  Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date.  On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain.  At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date.  You must be able to attend both.  If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program.  Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I  Learn to Play            July 7 or rain date July 9                                                      July 14 or rain date July 16                                                     July 21 or rain date July 23                                                     July 28 or rain date July 30R$99  NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice   June 9 or rain date June 11                                                           June 16 or rain date June 18                                                           June 23 or rain date June 25                                                           June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99  NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice  August 4 or rain date August 6                                                           August 11 or rain date August 13                                                           August 18 or rain date August 20                                                           August 25 or rain date August 27      R$99  NR$109 Private Lessons Available 1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  To book a lesson you must have an account.          (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
4:00 PM - 5:30 PM	Open Gym
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pickleball - Monday Night intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game.  It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description   Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor:  Not sure what your skill level is?  See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor. Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking.  Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date.  On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain.  At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date.  You must be able to attend both.  If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program.  Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I  Learn to Play            July 7 or rain date July 9                                                      July 14 or rain date July 16                                                     July 21 or rain date July 23                                                     July 28 or rain date July 30R$99  NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice   June 9 or rain date June 11                                                           June 16 or rain date June 18                                                           June 23 or rain date June 25                                                           June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99  NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice  August 4 or rain date August 6                                                           August 11 or rain date August 13                                                           August 18 or rain date August 20                                                           August 25 or rain date August 27      R$99  NR$109 Private Lessons Available 1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  To book a lesson you must have an account.          (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)

Tuesday October 6, 2026
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Golden Walking Club - Golden Walking Club FreeJoin us for a friendly and supportive walking group designed especially for seniors who want to stay active and connect with others. If you wish to improve your health, make new friends, or enjoy a pleasant stroll, this group is the perfect place to start.Come for the steps, stay for the smiles.As an added treat, we will host a monthly coffee hour where you can sit down, share stories, and enjoy good conversation over a warm cup of coffee.  Coffee hour will be held on 9/15,9/29,10/13,10/27,11/10,11/24,12/8,12/22Sign in at the Front Desk
10:30 AM - 11:30 AM	Zumba® - Zumba® Gold Toning (Tuesdays) Session I ZUMBA® Perfect For Everybody and every body! Each Zumba® class is designed to bring people together to sweat it on.How It WorksWe take the "work" out of workout, by mixing low-intensity and high-intensity moves for an interval-style, calorie-burning, dance fitness party. Once the Latin and World rhythms take over, you'll see why Zumba® Fitness classes are often called exercise in disguise. Super effective? Check. Super fun? Check and check.BenefitsA total workout, combining all elements of fitness – cardio, muscle conditioning, balance and flexibility, mobility, boosted energy and a serious dose of awesome each time you leave class.Zumba Dance Fitness with Cathy KopaAn hour of Zumba dance fitness will transport you as you move to music from around the world along with a few songs you know with easy to follow moves, interval training principles working all muscle groups.  The result is an hour of fun and fitness with sweat and smiles guaranteed. And we end every class with a Circl Mobility cool down combining elements of breath work, mobility and flexibility you will leave feeling refreshed, restored, energized and renewed. All levels welcome, no experience needed, modifications shown. Cathy Kopa is a fun high energy licensed Zumba and Circl Mobility instructor with more than 10 years experience teaching Zumba Fitness classes.Zumba Gold with Bernadette Knight Zumba Gold is for the Active older adult who are looking for a modified Zumba® class that recreates the original moves you love at a lower-intensity. The design of the class introduces easy-to-follow Zumba® choreography that focuses on balance, range of motion and coordination. Come ready to sweat, and prepare to leave empowered and feeling strong. The Benefits of the class focuses on all the elements of fitness: cardiovascular, muscular conditioning, flexibility and balance!  This class is taught by Bernadette Knight who is a experienced instructor who makes the class fun and a great place to meet new friends.
12:30 PM - 2:30 PM	Pickleball - Novice Pickleball Mini Program Tues Session I Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game.  It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description   Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor:  Not sure what your skill level is?  See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor. Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking.  Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date.  On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain.  At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date.  You must be able to attend both.  If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program.  Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I  Learn to Play            July 7 or rain date July 9                                                      July 14 or rain date July 16                                                     July 21 or rain date July 23                                                     July 28 or rain date July 30R$99  NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice   June 9 or rain date June 11                                                           June 16 or rain date June 18                                                           June 23 or rain date June 25                                                           June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99  NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice  August 4 or rain date August 6                                                           August 11 or rain date August 13                                                           August 18 or rain date August 20                                                           August 25 or rain date August 27      R$99  NR$109 Private Lessons Available 1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  To book a lesson you must have an account.          (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
3:30 PM - 5:00 PM	Open Gym
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Night Classes Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM	Pickleball - Beginners/Intermediate Tuesdays Night Drop-In Pickleball Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game.  It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description   Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor:  Not sure what your skill level is?  See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor. Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking.  Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date.  On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain.  At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date.  You must be able to attend both.  If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program.  Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I  Learn to Play            July 7 or rain date July 9                                                      July 14 or rain date July 16                                                     July 21 or rain date July 23                                                     July 28 or rain date July 30R$99  NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice   June 9 or rain date June 11                                                           June 16 or rain date June 18                                                           June 23 or rain date June 25                                                           June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99  NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice  August 4 or rain date August 6                                                           August 11 or rain date August 13                                                           August 18 or rain date August 20                                                           August 25 or rain date August 27      R$99  NR$109 Private Lessons Available 1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  To book a lesson you must have an account.          (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)

Wednesday October 7, 2026
5:30 AM - 6:15 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM	Tiny Movers - Tiny Movers Wednesday Session 1 Tiny MoversInstructor:  Becky Weyrauch of Rock your FitnessTiny Movers is a fitness class for young kids. Coach Becky will teach your kids the skills of listening and motor skills coordination while playing age appropriate games that get your kids moving. In this non-competitive, positive environment the emphasis will be good sportsmanship, perseverance and how to be part of a team. These will become the building blocks for school age sports and the lifelong passion for healthy living.*Parent must stay for the program and will be asked to participate at certain times during class.Children should wear sneakers and bring a water bottle.
11:30 AM - 12:15 PM	Forever Fitness - Forever Fitness Session 1 Forever FitnessA welcoming, low-impact workout for active older adults that focuses on movement, strength, and flexibility.  With guided stations, a proper warm-up, and a relaxing cool-down, this class helps you stay active, strong, and fit.
2:30 PM - 3:30 PM	Home School Open Gym
3:30 PM - 5:45 PM	Open Gym
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pickleball - Pickleball Program- Nights Wed Beginners Session l Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game.  It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description   Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor:  Not sure what your skill level is?  See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor. Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking.  Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date.  On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain.  At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date.  You must be able to attend both.  If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program.  Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I  Learn to Play            July 7 or rain date July 9                                                      July 14 or rain date July 16                                                     July 21 or rain date July 23                                                     July 28 or rain date July 30R$99  NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice   June 9 or rain date June 11                                                           June 16 or rain date June 18                                                           June 23 or rain date June 25                                                           June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99  NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice  August 4 or rain date August 6                                                           August 11 or rain date August 13                                                           August 18 or rain date August 20                                                           August 25 or rain date August 27      R$99  NR$109 Private Lessons Available 1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  To book a lesson you must have an account.          (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)

Thursday October 8, 2026
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Golden Walking Club - Golden Walking Club FreeJoin us for a friendly and supportive walking group designed especially for seniors who want to stay active and connect with others. If you wish to improve your health, make new friends, or enjoy a pleasant stroll, this group is the perfect place to start.Come for the steps, stay for the smiles.As an added treat, we will host a monthly coffee hour where you can sit down, share stories, and enjoy good conversation over a warm cup of coffee.  Coffee hour will be held on 9/15,9/29,10/13,10/27,11/10,11/24,12/8,12/22Sign in at the Front Desk
10:30 AM - 11:30 AM	Zumba® - Zumba® Gold (Thursdays) Session 1 ZUMBA® Perfect For Everybody and every body! Each Zumba® class is designed to bring people together to sweat it on.How It WorksWe take the "work" out of workout, by mixing low-intensity and high-intensity moves for an interval-style, calorie-burning, dance fitness party. Once the Latin and World rhythms take over, you'll see why Zumba® Fitness classes are often called exercise in disguise. Super effective? Check. Super fun? Check and check.BenefitsA total workout, combining all elements of fitness – cardio, muscle conditioning, balance and flexibility, mobility, boosted energy and a serious dose of awesome each time you leave class.Zumba Dance Fitness with Cathy KopaAn hour of Zumba dance fitness will transport you as you move to music from around the world along with a few songs you know with easy to follow moves, interval training principles working all muscle groups.  The result is an hour of fun and fitness with sweat and smiles guaranteed. And we end every class with a Circl Mobility cool down combining elements of breath work, mobility and flexibility you will leave feeling refreshed, restored, energized and renewed. All levels welcome, no experience needed, modifications shown. Cathy Kopa is a fun high energy licensed Zumba and Circl Mobility instructor with more than 10 years experience teaching Zumba Fitness classes.Zumba Gold with Bernadette Knight Zumba Gold is for the Active older adult who are looking for a modified Zumba® class that recreates the original moves you love at a lower-intensity. The design of the class introduces easy-to-follow Zumba® choreography that focuses on balance, range of motion and coordination. Come ready to sweat, and prepare to leave empowered and feeling strong. The Benefits of the class focuses on all the elements of fitness: cardiovascular, muscular conditioning, flexibility and balance!  This class is taught by Bernadette Knight who is a experienced instructor who makes the class fun and a great place to meet new friends.
11:45 AM - 12:45 PM	Free Fitness Classes by MVP - Strength and Striders at Malta Community Center Free Fitness ClassInstructor:  Staci O'Connell, Certified Group Fitness Instructor MVP Strength & Striders at Malta Community Center GymJoin us for this free lunchtime class sponsored by MVP Health Care! You will gain strength, coordination and improve your balance as you move through this circuit training class that incorporates weights, balance exercises and low impact cardio as you walk the perimeter of the gym at your own pace. More than just a workout, it’s a chance to connect with others in a friendly, supportive group. This program is designed for all fitness levels with modifications offered.  All are welcome to join and membership to MVP Health Care is not required.Registration starts on 8/25
1:30 PM - 3:30 PM	Pickleball - Pickleball Program Thurs Beg/Int Session 1 Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game.  It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description   Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor:  Not sure what your skill level is?  See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor. Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking.  Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date.  On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain.  At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date.  You must be able to attend both.  If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program.  Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I  Learn to Play            July 7 or rain date July 9                                                      July 14 or rain date July 16                                                     July 21 or rain date July 23                                                     July 28 or rain date July 30R$99  NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice   June 9 or rain date June 11                                                           June 16 or rain date June 18                                                           June 23 or rain date June 25                                                           June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99  NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice  August 4 or rain date August 6                                                           August 11 or rain date August 13                                                           August 18 or rain date August 20                                                           August 25 or rain date August 27      R$99  NR$109 Private Lessons Available 1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  To book a lesson you must have an account.          (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Toddler Gliders - Toddler Gliders mixed ages Toddler GlidersInstructor: Maegan ConleyMaegan is a mom of 2 boys, one very energetic 2-year-old who loves his balance bike.  After attending a balance bike program, Maegan decided to put her 20+ years of experience working with kids to use and create a local program where other new riders can have a space to learn and have fun.Does your little one have a balance bike and nowhere to ride?  Do they need to develop their skills? Then this program is for them. In tiny gliders, we make riding fun.  Forget the training wheels and turn those “wobbles” into glides.  Each week we will develop balance, coordination, and confidence with new age-appropriate obstacles and games so come have fun while secretly building skills and the I can do it mindset. At the end of the session participants will get a certificate of completion and prize at the end of the session.

Friday October 9, 2026
5:30 AM - 6:15 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM	Pickleball - Pickleball Program Friday Intermediate Session 1 Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game.  It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description   Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor:  Not sure what your skill level is?  See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor. Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking.  Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date.  On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain.  At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date.  You must be able to attend both.  If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program.  Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I  Learn to Play            July 7 or rain date July 9                                                      July 14 or rain date July 16                                                     July 21 or rain date July 23                                                     July 28 or rain date July 30R$99  NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice   June 9 or rain date June 11                                                           June 16 or rain date June 18                                                           June 23 or rain date June 25                                                           June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99  NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice  August 4 or rain date August 6                                                           August 11 or rain date August 13                                                           August 18 or rain date August 20                                                           August 25 or rain date August 27      R$99  NR$109 Private Lessons Available 1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  To book a lesson you must have an account.          (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
1:30 PM - 3:00 PM	Pickleball - Learn to play pickleball 4-week series Session 2 Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game.  It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description   Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor:  Not sure what your skill level is?  See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor. Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking.  Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date.  On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain.  At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date.  You must be able to attend both.  If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program.  Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I  Learn to Play            July 7 or rain date July 9                                                      July 14 or rain date July 16                                                     July 21 or rain date July 23                                                     July 28 or rain date July 30R$99  NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice   June 9 or rain date June 11                                                           June 16 or rain date June 18                                                           June 23 or rain date June 25                                                           June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99  NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice  August 4 or rain date August 6                                                           August 11 or rain date August 13                                                           August 18 or rain date August 20                                                           August 25 or rain date August 27      R$99  NR$109 Private Lessons Available 1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  To book a lesson you must have an account.          (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
3:45 PM - 5:30 PM	Age 12-17 Open Gym with Signed Waiver
6:00 PM - 7:45 PM	Adult Pick-Up Basketball - Adult Pick-Up Basketball Join in the fun and get some exercise.  Drop in and join in a pick-up basketball game.  Program is open to anyone 18 or older looking to join in a game. Picture ID required to verify age and residency. No pre-registration required.  Limited to the first 25 players

Saturday October 10, 2026
8:00 AM - 8:45 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Saturday Morning Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765

Tuesday October 13, 2026
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Golden Walking Club - Golden Walking Club FreeJoin us for a friendly and supportive walking group designed especially for seniors who want to stay active and connect with others. If you wish to improve your health, make new friends, or enjoy a pleasant stroll, this group is the perfect place to start.Come for the steps, stay for the smiles.As an added treat, we will host a monthly coffee hour where you can sit down, share stories, and enjoy good conversation over a warm cup of coffee.  Coffee hour will be held on 9/15,9/29,10/13,10/27,11/10,11/24,12/8,12/22Sign in at the Front Desk
10:30 AM - 11:30 AM	Zumba® - Zumba® Gold Toning (Tuesdays) Session I ZUMBA® Perfect For Everybody and every body! Each Zumba® class is designed to bring people together to sweat it on.How It WorksWe take the "work" out of workout, by mixing low-intensity and high-intensity moves for an interval-style, calorie-burning, dance fitness party. Once the Latin and World rhythms take over, you'll see why Zumba® Fitness classes are often called exercise in disguise. Super effective? Check. Super fun? Check and check.BenefitsA total workout, combining all elements of fitness – cardio, muscle conditioning, balance and flexibility, mobility, boosted energy and a serious dose of awesome each time you leave class.Zumba Dance Fitness with Cathy KopaAn hour of Zumba dance fitness will transport you as you move to music from around the world along with a few songs you know with easy to follow moves, interval training principles working all muscle groups.  The result is an hour of fun and fitness with sweat and smiles guaranteed. And we end every class with a Circl Mobility cool down combining elements of breath work, mobility and flexibility you will leave feeling refreshed, restored, energized and renewed. All levels welcome, no experience needed, modifications shown. Cathy Kopa is a fun high energy licensed Zumba and Circl Mobility instructor with more than 10 years experience teaching Zumba Fitness classes.Zumba Gold with Bernadette Knight Zumba Gold is for the Active older adult who are looking for a modified Zumba® class that recreates the original moves you love at a lower-intensity. The design of the class introduces easy-to-follow Zumba® choreography that focuses on balance, range of motion and coordination. Come ready to sweat, and prepare to leave empowered and feeling strong. The Benefits of the class focuses on all the elements of fitness: cardiovascular, muscular conditioning, flexibility and balance!  This class is taught by Bernadette Knight who is a experienced instructor who makes the class fun and a great place to meet new friends.
12:30 PM - 2:30 PM	Pickleball - Novice Pickleball Mini Program Tues Session I Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game.  It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description   Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor:  Not sure what your skill level is?  See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor. Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking.  Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date.  On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain.  At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date.  You must be able to attend both.  If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program.  Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I  Learn to Play            July 7 or rain date July 9                                                      July 14 or rain date July 16                                                     July 21 or rain date July 23                                                     July 28 or rain date July 30R$99  NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice   June 9 or rain date June 11                                                           June 16 or rain date June 18                                                           June 23 or rain date June 25                                                           June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99  NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice  August 4 or rain date August 6                                                           August 11 or rain date August 13                                                           August 18 or rain date August 20                                                           August 25 or rain date August 27      R$99  NR$109 Private Lessons Available 1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  To book a lesson you must have an account.          (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
3:30 PM - 5:00 PM	Open Gym
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Night Classes Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM	Pickleball - Beginners/Intermediate Tuesdays Night Drop-In Pickleball Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game.  It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description   Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor:  Not sure what your skill level is?  See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor. Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking.  Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date.  On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain.  At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date.  You must be able to attend both.  If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program.  Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I  Learn to Play            July 7 or rain date July 9                                                      July 14 or rain date July 16                                                     July 21 or rain date July 23                                                     July 28 or rain date July 30R$99  NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice   June 9 or rain date June 11                                                           June 16 or rain date June 18                                                           June 23 or rain date June 25                                                           June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99  NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice  August 4 or rain date August 6                                                           August 11 or rain date August 13                                                           August 18 or rain date August 20                                                           August 25 or rain date August 27      R$99  NR$109 Private Lessons Available 1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  To book a lesson you must have an account.          (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)

Wednesday October 14, 2026
5:30 AM - 6:15 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM	Tiny Movers - Tiny Movers Wednesday Session 1 Tiny MoversInstructor:  Becky Weyrauch of Rock your FitnessTiny Movers is a fitness class for young kids. Coach Becky will teach your kids the skills of listening and motor skills coordination while playing age appropriate games that get your kids moving. In this non-competitive, positive environment the emphasis will be good sportsmanship, perseverance and how to be part of a team. These will become the building blocks for school age sports and the lifelong passion for healthy living.*Parent must stay for the program and will be asked to participate at certain times during class.Children should wear sneakers and bring a water bottle.
11:30 AM - 12:15 PM	Forever Fitness - Forever Fitness Session 1 Forever FitnessA welcoming, low-impact workout for active older adults that focuses on movement, strength, and flexibility.  With guided stations, a proper warm-up, and a relaxing cool-down, this class helps you stay active, strong, and fit.
2:30 PM - 3:30 PM	Home School Open Gym
3:30 PM - 5:45 PM	Open Gym

Thursday October 15, 2026
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Golden Walking Club - Golden Walking Club FreeJoin us for a friendly and supportive walking group designed especially for seniors who want to stay active and connect with others. If you wish to improve your health, make new friends, or enjoy a pleasant stroll, this group is the perfect place to start.Come for the steps, stay for the smiles.As an added treat, we will host a monthly coffee hour where you can sit down, share stories, and enjoy good conversation over a warm cup of coffee.  Coffee hour will be held on 9/15,9/29,10/13,10/27,11/10,11/24,12/8,12/22Sign in at the Front Desk
10:30 AM - 11:30 AM	Zumba® - Zumba® Gold (Thursdays) Session 1 ZUMBA® Perfect For Everybody and every body! Each Zumba® class is designed to bring people together to sweat it on.How It WorksWe take the "work" out of workout, by mixing low-intensity and high-intensity moves for an interval-style, calorie-burning, dance fitness party. Once the Latin and World rhythms take over, you'll see why Zumba® Fitness classes are often called exercise in disguise. Super effective? Check. Super fun? Check and check.BenefitsA total workout, combining all elements of fitness – cardio, muscle conditioning, balance and flexibility, mobility, boosted energy and a serious dose of awesome each time you leave class.Zumba Dance Fitness with Cathy KopaAn hour of Zumba dance fitness will transport you as you move to music from around the world along with a few songs you know with easy to follow moves, interval training principles working all muscle groups.  The result is an hour of fun and fitness with sweat and smiles guaranteed. And we end every class with a Circl Mobility cool down combining elements of breath work, mobility and flexibility you will leave feeling refreshed, restored, energized and renewed. All levels welcome, no experience needed, modifications shown. Cathy Kopa is a fun high energy licensed Zumba and Circl Mobility instructor with more than 10 years experience teaching Zumba Fitness classes.Zumba Gold with Bernadette Knight Zumba Gold is for the Active older adult who are looking for a modified Zumba® class that recreates the original moves you love at a lower-intensity. The design of the class introduces easy-to-follow Zumba® choreography that focuses on balance, range of motion and coordination. Come ready to sweat, and prepare to leave empowered and feeling strong. The Benefits of the class focuses on all the elements of fitness: cardiovascular, muscular conditioning, flexibility and balance!  This class is taught by Bernadette Knight who is a experienced instructor who makes the class fun and a great place to meet new friends.
11:45 AM - 12:45 PM	Free Fitness Classes by MVP - Strength and Striders at Malta Community Center Free Fitness ClassInstructor:  Staci O'Connell, Certified Group Fitness Instructor MVP Strength & Striders at Malta Community Center GymJoin us for this free lunchtime class sponsored by MVP Health Care! You will gain strength, coordination and improve your balance as you move through this circuit training class that incorporates weights, balance exercises and low impact cardio as you walk the perimeter of the gym at your own pace. More than just a workout, it’s a chance to connect with others in a friendly, supportive group. This program is designed for all fitness levels with modifications offered.  All are welcome to join and membership to MVP Health Care is not required.Registration starts on 8/25
1:30 PM - 3:30 PM	Pickleball - Pickleball Program Thurs Beg/Int Session 1 Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game.  It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description   Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor:  Not sure what your skill level is?  See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor. Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking.  Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date.  On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain.  At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date.  You must be able to attend both.  If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program.  Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I  Learn to Play            July 7 or rain date July 9                                                      July 14 or rain date July 16                                                     July 21 or rain date July 23                                                     July 28 or rain date July 30R$99  NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice   June 9 or rain date June 11                                                           June 16 or rain date June 18                                                           June 23 or rain date June 25                                                           June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99  NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice  August 4 or rain date August 6                                                           August 11 or rain date August 13                                                           August 18 or rain date August 20                                                           August 25 or rain date August 27      R$99  NR$109 Private Lessons Available 1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  To book a lesson you must have an account.          (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Toddler Gliders - Toddler Gliders mixed ages Toddler GlidersInstructor: Maegan ConleyMaegan is a mom of 2 boys, one very energetic 2-year-old who loves his balance bike.  After attending a balance bike program, Maegan decided to put her 20+ years of experience working with kids to use and create a local program where other new riders can have a space to learn and have fun.Does your little one have a balance bike and nowhere to ride?  Do they need to develop their skills? Then this program is for them. In tiny gliders, we make riding fun.  Forget the training wheels and turn those “wobbles” into glides.  Each week we will develop balance, coordination, and confidence with new age-appropriate obstacles and games so come have fun while secretly building skills and the I can do it mindset. At the end of the session participants will get a certificate of completion and prize at the end of the session.

Friday October 16, 2026
5:30 AM - 6:15 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM	Pickleball - Pickleball Program Friday Intermediate Session 1 Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game.  It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description   Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor:  Not sure what your skill level is?  See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor. Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking.  Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date.  On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain.  At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date.  You must be able to attend both.  If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program.  Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I  Learn to Play            July 7 or rain date July 9                                                      July 14 or rain date July 16                                                     July 21 or rain date July 23                                                     July 28 or rain date July 30R$99  NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice   June 9 or rain date June 11                                                           June 16 or rain date June 18                                                           June 23 or rain date June 25                                                           June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99  NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice  August 4 or rain date August 6                                                           August 11 or rain date August 13                                                           August 18 or rain date August 20                                                           August 25 or rain date August 27      R$99  NR$109 Private Lessons Available 1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  To book a lesson you must have an account.          (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
1:30 PM - 3:00 PM	Pickleball - Learn to play pickleball 4-week series Session 2 Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game.  It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description   Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor:  Not sure what your skill level is?  See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor. Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking.  Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date.  On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain.  At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date.  You must be able to attend both.  If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program.  Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I  Learn to Play            July 7 or rain date July 9                                                      July 14 or rain date July 16                                                     July 21 or rain date July 23                                                     July 28 or rain date July 30R$99  NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice   June 9 or rain date June 11                                                           June 16 or rain date June 18                                                           June 23 or rain date June 25                                                           June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99  NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice  August 4 or rain date August 6                                                           August 11 or rain date August 13                                                           August 18 or rain date August 20                                                           August 25 or rain date August 27      R$99  NR$109 Private Lessons Available 1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  To book a lesson you must have an account.          (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
3:45 PM - 5:30 PM	Age 12-17 Open Gym with Signed Waiver
6:00 PM - 7:45 PM	Adult Pick-Up Basketball - Adult Pick-Up Basketball Join in the fun and get some exercise.  Drop in and join in a pick-up basketball game.  Program is open to anyone 18 or older looking to join in a game. Picture ID required to verify age and residency. No pre-registration required.  Limited to the first 25 players

Saturday October 17, 2026
8:00 AM - 8:45 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Saturday Morning Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Open Gym

Monday October 19, 2026
5:30 AM - 6:15 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM	Tiny Movers - Tiny Movers Monday Session 1 Tiny MoversInstructor:  Becky Weyrauch of Rock your FitnessTiny Movers is a fitness class for young kids. Coach Becky will teach your kids the skills of listening and motor skills coordination while playing age appropriate games that get your kids moving. In this non-competitive, positive environment the emphasis will be good sportsmanship, perseverance and how to be part of a team. These will become the building blocks for school age sports and the lifelong passion for healthy living.*Parent must stay for the program and will be asked to participate at certain times during class.Children should wear sneakers and bring a water bottle.
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM	Pickleball - Mondays Beginners Drop-In Pickleball Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game.  It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description   Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor:  Not sure what your skill level is?  See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor. Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking.  Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date.  On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain.  At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date.  You must be able to attend both.  If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program.  Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I  Learn to Play            July 7 or rain date July 9                                                      July 14 or rain date July 16                                                     July 21 or rain date July 23                                                     July 28 or rain date July 30R$99  NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice   June 9 or rain date June 11                                                           June 16 or rain date June 18                                                           June 23 or rain date June 25                                                           June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99  NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice  August 4 or rain date August 6                                                           August 11 or rain date August 13                                                           August 18 or rain date August 20                                                           August 25 or rain date August 27      R$99  NR$109 Private Lessons Available 1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  To book a lesson you must have an account.          (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
2:00 PM - 4:00 PM	Pickleball - Pickleball Program Beginners Monday Afternoon Session I Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game.  It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description   Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor:  Not sure what your skill level is?  See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor. Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking.  Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date.  On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain.  At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date.  You must be able to attend both.  If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program.  Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I  Learn to Play            July 7 or rain date July 9                                                      July 14 or rain date July 16                                                     July 21 or rain date July 23                                                     July 28 or rain date July 30R$99  NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice   June 9 or rain date June 11                                                           June 16 or rain date June 18                                                           June 23 or rain date June 25                                                           June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99  NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice  August 4 or rain date August 6                                                           August 11 or rain date August 13                                                           August 18 or rain date August 20                                                           August 25 or rain date August 27      R$99  NR$109 Private Lessons Available 1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  To book a lesson you must have an account.          (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
4:00 PM - 5:30 PM	Open Gym
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pickleball - Monday Night intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game.  It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description   Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor:  Not sure what your skill level is?  See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor. Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking.  Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date.  On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain.  At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date.  You must be able to attend both.  If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program.  Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I  Learn to Play            July 7 or rain date July 9                                                      July 14 or rain date July 16                                                     July 21 or rain date July 23                                                     July 28 or rain date July 30R$99  NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice   June 9 or rain date June 11                                                           June 16 or rain date June 18                                                           June 23 or rain date June 25                                                           June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99  NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice  August 4 or rain date August 6                                                           August 11 or rain date August 13                                                           August 18 or rain date August 20                                                           August 25 or rain date August 27      R$99  NR$109 Private Lessons Available 1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  To book a lesson you must have an account.          (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)

Tuesday October 20, 2026
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Golden Walking Club - Golden Walking Club FreeJoin us for a friendly and supportive walking group designed especially for seniors who want to stay active and connect with others. If you wish to improve your health, make new friends, or enjoy a pleasant stroll, this group is the perfect place to start.Come for the steps, stay for the smiles.As an added treat, we will host a monthly coffee hour where you can sit down, share stories, and enjoy good conversation over a warm cup of coffee.  Coffee hour will be held on 9/15,9/29,10/13,10/27,11/10,11/24,12/8,12/22Sign in at the Front Desk
10:30 AM - 11:30 AM	Zumba® - Zumba® Gold Toning (Tuesdays) Session I ZUMBA® Perfect For Everybody and every body! Each Zumba® class is designed to bring people together to sweat it on.How It WorksWe take the "work" out of workout, by mixing low-intensity and high-intensity moves for an interval-style, calorie-burning, dance fitness party. Once the Latin and World rhythms take over, you'll see why Zumba® Fitness classes are often called exercise in disguise. Super effective? Check. Super fun? Check and check.BenefitsA total workout, combining all elements of fitness – cardio, muscle conditioning, balance and flexibility, mobility, boosted energy and a serious dose of awesome each time you leave class.Zumba Dance Fitness with Cathy KopaAn hour of Zumba dance fitness will transport you as you move to music from around the world along with a few songs you know with easy to follow moves, interval training principles working all muscle groups.  The result is an hour of fun and fitness with sweat and smiles guaranteed. And we end every class with a Circl Mobility cool down combining elements of breath work, mobility and flexibility you will leave feeling refreshed, restored, energized and renewed. All levels welcome, no experience needed, modifications shown. Cathy Kopa is a fun high energy licensed Zumba and Circl Mobility instructor with more than 10 years experience teaching Zumba Fitness classes.Zumba Gold with Bernadette Knight Zumba Gold is for the Active older adult who are looking for a modified Zumba® class that recreates the original moves you love at a lower-intensity. The design of the class introduces easy-to-follow Zumba® choreography that focuses on balance, range of motion and coordination. Come ready to sweat, and prepare to leave empowered and feeling strong. The Benefits of the class focuses on all the elements of fitness: cardiovascular, muscular conditioning, flexibility and balance!  This class is taught by Bernadette Knight who is a experienced instructor who makes the class fun and a great place to meet new friends.
12:30 PM - 2:30 PM	Pickleball - Novice Pickleball Mini Program Tues Session I Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game.  It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description   Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor:  Not sure what your skill level is?  See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor. Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking.  Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date.  On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain.  At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date.  You must be able to attend both.  If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program.  Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I  Learn to Play            July 7 or rain date July 9                                                      July 14 or rain date July 16                                                     July 21 or rain date July 23                                                     July 28 or rain date July 30R$99  NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice   June 9 or rain date June 11                                                           June 16 or rain date June 18                                                           June 23 or rain date June 25                                                           June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99  NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice  August 4 or rain date August 6                                                           August 11 or rain date August 13                                                           August 18 or rain date August 20                                                           August 25 or rain date August 27      R$99  NR$109 Private Lessons Available 1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  To book a lesson you must have an account.          (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
3:30 PM - 5:00 PM	Open Gym
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Night Classes Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM	Pickleball - Beginners/Intermediate Tuesdays Night Drop-In Pickleball Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game.  It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description   Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor:  Not sure what your skill level is?  See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor. Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking.  Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date.  On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain.  At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date.  You must be able to attend both.  If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program.  Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I  Learn to Play            July 7 or rain date July 9                                                      July 14 or rain date July 16                                                     July 21 or rain date July 23                                                     July 28 or rain date July 30R$99  NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice   June 9 or rain date June 11                                                           June 16 or rain date June 18                                                           June 23 or rain date June 25                                                           June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99  NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice  August 4 or rain date August 6                                                           August 11 or rain date August 13                                                           August 18 or rain date August 20                                                           August 25 or rain date August 27      R$99  NR$109 Private Lessons Available 1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  To book a lesson you must have an account.          (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)

Wednesday October 21, 2026
5:30 AM - 6:15 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM	Tiny Movers - Tiny Movers Wednesday Session 1 Tiny MoversInstructor:  Becky Weyrauch of Rock your FitnessTiny Movers is a fitness class for young kids. Coach Becky will teach your kids the skills of listening and motor skills coordination while playing age appropriate games that get your kids moving. In this non-competitive, positive environment the emphasis will be good sportsmanship, perseverance and how to be part of a team. These will become the building blocks for school age sports and the lifelong passion for healthy living.*Parent must stay for the program and will be asked to participate at certain times during class.Children should wear sneakers and bring a water bottle.
11:30 AM - 12:15 PM	Forever Fitness - Forever Fitness Session 1 Forever FitnessA welcoming, low-impact workout for active older adults that focuses on movement, strength, and flexibility.  With guided stations, a proper warm-up, and a relaxing cool-down, this class helps you stay active, strong, and fit.
2:30 PM - 3:30 PM	Home School Open Gym
3:30 PM - 5:45 PM	Open Gym
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pickleball - Pickleball Program- Nights Wed Beginners Session 2 Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game.  It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description   Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor:  Not sure what your skill level is?  See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor. Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking.  Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date.  On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain.  At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date.  You must be able to attend both.  If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program.  Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I  Learn to Play            July 7 or rain date July 9                                                      July 14 or rain date July 16                                                     July 21 or rain date July 23                                                     July 28 or rain date July 30R$99  NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice   June 9 or rain date June 11                                                           June 16 or rain date June 18                                                           June 23 or rain date June 25                                                           June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99  NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice  August 4 or rain date August 6                                                           August 11 or rain date August 13                                                           August 18 or rain date August 20                                                           August 25 or rain date August 27      R$99  NR$109 Private Lessons Available 1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  To book a lesson you must have an account.          (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)

Thursday October 22, 2026
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Golden Walking Club - Golden Walking Club FreeJoin us for a friendly and supportive walking group designed especially for seniors who want to stay active and connect with others. If you wish to improve your health, make new friends, or enjoy a pleasant stroll, this group is the perfect place to start.Come for the steps, stay for the smiles.As an added treat, we will host a monthly coffee hour where you can sit down, share stories, and enjoy good conversation over a warm cup of coffee.  Coffee hour will be held on 9/15,9/29,10/13,10/27,11/10,11/24,12/8,12/22Sign in at the Front Desk
11:45 AM - 12:45 PM	Free Fitness Classes by MVP - Strength and Striders at Malta Community Center Free Fitness ClassInstructor:  Staci O'Connell, Certified Group Fitness Instructor MVP Strength & Striders at Malta Community Center GymJoin us for this free lunchtime class sponsored by MVP Health Care! You will gain strength, coordination and improve your balance as you move through this circuit training class that incorporates weights, balance exercises and low impact cardio as you walk the perimeter of the gym at your own pace. More than just a workout, it’s a chance to connect with others in a friendly, supportive group. This program is designed for all fitness levels with modifications offered.  All are welcome to join and membership to MVP Health Care is not required.Registration starts on 8/25
1:30 PM - 3:30 PM	Pickleball - Pickleball Program Thurs Beg/Int Session 1 Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game.  It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description   Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor:  Not sure what your skill level is?  See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor. Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking.  Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date.  On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain.  At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date.  You must be able to attend both.  If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program.  Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I  Learn to Play            July 7 or rain date July 9                                                      July 14 or rain date July 16                                                     July 21 or rain date July 23                                                     July 28 or rain date July 30R$99  NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice   June 9 or rain date June 11                                                           June 16 or rain date June 18                                                           June 23 or rain date June 25                                                           June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99  NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice  August 4 or rain date August 6                                                           August 11 or rain date August 13                                                           August 18 or rain date August 20                                                           August 25 or rain date August 27      R$99  NR$109 Private Lessons Available 1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  To book a lesson you must have an account.          (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Toddler Gliders - Toddler Gliders mixed ages Toddler GlidersInstructor: Maegan ConleyMaegan is a mom of 2 boys, one very energetic 2-year-old who loves his balance bike.  After attending a balance bike program, Maegan decided to put her 20+ years of experience working with kids to use and create a local program where other new riders can have a space to learn and have fun.Does your little one have a balance bike and nowhere to ride?  Do they need to develop their skills? Then this program is for them. In tiny gliders, we make riding fun.  Forget the training wheels and turn those “wobbles” into glides.  Each week we will develop balance, coordination, and confidence with new age-appropriate obstacles and games so come have fun while secretly building skills and the I can do it mindset. At the end of the session participants will get a certificate of completion and prize at the end of the session.

Friday October 23, 2026
5:30 AM - 6:15 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
1:30 PM - 3:00 PM	Pickleball - Learn to play pickleball 4-week series Session 2 Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game.  It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description   Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor:  Not sure what your skill level is?  See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor. Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking.  Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date.  On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain.  At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date.  You must be able to attend both.  If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program.  Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I  Learn to Play            July 7 or rain date July 9                                                      July 14 or rain date July 16                                                     July 21 or rain date July 23                                                     July 28 or rain date July 30R$99  NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice   June 9 or rain date June 11                                                           June 16 or rain date June 18                                                           June 23 or rain date June 25                                                           June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99  NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice  August 4 or rain date August 6                                                           August 11 or rain date August 13                                                           August 18 or rain date August 20                                                           August 25 or rain date August 27      R$99  NR$109 Private Lessons Available 1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  To book a lesson you must have an account.          (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
3:45 PM - 5:30 PM	Age 12-17 Open Gym with Signed Waiver
6:00 PM - 7:45 PM	Adult Pick-Up Basketball - Adult Pick-Up Basketball Join in the fun and get some exercise.  Drop in and join in a pick-up basketball game.  Program is open to anyone 18 or older looking to join in a game. Picture ID required to verify age and residency. No pre-registration required.  Limited to the first 25 players

Saturday October 24, 2026
8:00 AM - 8:45 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Saturday Morning Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Open Gym

Monday October 26, 2026
5:30 AM - 6:15 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM	Tiny Movers - Tiny Movers Monday Session 1 Tiny MoversInstructor:  Becky Weyrauch of Rock your FitnessTiny Movers is a fitness class for young kids. Coach Becky will teach your kids the skills of listening and motor skills coordination while playing age appropriate games that get your kids moving. In this non-competitive, positive environment the emphasis will be good sportsmanship, perseverance and how to be part of a team. These will become the building blocks for school age sports and the lifelong passion for healthy living.*Parent must stay for the program and will be asked to participate at certain times during class.Children should wear sneakers and bring a water bottle.
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM	Pickleball - Mondays Beginners Drop-In Pickleball Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game.  It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description   Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor:  Not sure what your skill level is?  See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor. Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking.  Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date.  On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain.  At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date.  You must be able to attend both.  If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program.  Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I  Learn to Play            July 7 or rain date July 9                                                      July 14 or rain date July 16                                                     July 21 or rain date July 23                                                     July 28 or rain date July 30R$99  NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice   June 9 or rain date June 11                                                           June 16 or rain date June 18                                                           June 23 or rain date June 25                                                           June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99  NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice  August 4 or rain date August 6                                                           August 11 or rain date August 13                                                           August 18 or rain date August 20                                                           August 25 or rain date August 27      R$99  NR$109 Private Lessons Available 1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  To book a lesson you must have an account.          (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
2:00 PM - 4:00 PM	Pickleball - Pickleball Program Beginners Monday Afternoon Session I Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game.  It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description   Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor:  Not sure what your skill level is?  See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor. Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking.  Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date.  On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain.  At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date.  You must be able to attend both.  If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program.  Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I  Learn to Play            July 7 or rain date July 9                                                      July 14 or rain date July 16                                                     July 21 or rain date July 23                                                     July 28 or rain date July 30R$99  NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice   June 9 or rain date June 11                                                           June 16 or rain date June 18                                                           June 23 or rain date June 25                                                           June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99  NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice  August 4 or rain date August 6                                                           August 11 or rain date August 13                                                           August 18 or rain date August 20                                                           August 25 or rain date August 27      R$99  NR$109 Private Lessons Available 1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  To book a lesson you must have an account.          (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
4:00 PM - 5:30 PM	Open Gym
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pickleball - Monday Night intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game.  It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description   Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor:  Not sure what your skill level is?  See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor. Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking.  Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date.  On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain.  At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date.  You must be able to attend both.  If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program.  Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I  Learn to Play            July 7 or rain date July 9                                                      July 14 or rain date July 16                                                     July 21 or rain date July 23                                                     July 28 or rain date July 30R$99  NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice   June 9 or rain date June 11                                                           June 16 or rain date June 18                                                           June 23 or rain date June 25                                                           June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99  NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice  August 4 or rain date August 6                                                           August 11 or rain date August 13                                                           August 18 or rain date August 20                                                           August 25 or rain date August 27      R$99  NR$109 Private Lessons Available 1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  To book a lesson you must have an account.          (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)

Tuesday October 27, 2026
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Golden Walking Club - Golden Walking Club FreeJoin us for a friendly and supportive walking group designed especially for seniors who want to stay active and connect with others. If you wish to improve your health, make new friends, or enjoy a pleasant stroll, this group is the perfect place to start.Come for the steps, stay for the smiles.As an added treat, we will host a monthly coffee hour where you can sit down, share stories, and enjoy good conversation over a warm cup of coffee.  Coffee hour will be held on 9/15,9/29,10/13,10/27,11/10,11/24,12/8,12/22Sign in at the Front Desk
10:30 AM - 11:30 AM	Zumba® - Zumba® Gold Toning (Tuesdays) Session 2 ZUMBA® Perfect For Everybody and every body! Each Zumba® class is designed to bring people together to sweat it on.How It WorksWe take the "work" out of workout, by mixing low-intensity and high-intensity moves for an interval-style, calorie-burning, dance fitness party. Once the Latin and World rhythms take over, you'll see why Zumba® Fitness classes are often called exercise in disguise. Super effective? Check. Super fun? Check and check.BenefitsA total workout, combining all elements of fitness – cardio, muscle conditioning, balance and flexibility, mobility, boosted energy and a serious dose of awesome each time you leave class.Zumba Dance Fitness with Cathy KopaAn hour of Zumba dance fitness will transport you as you move to music from around the world along with a few songs you know with easy to follow moves, interval training principles working all muscle groups.  The result is an hour of fun and fitness with sweat and smiles guaranteed. And we end every class with a Circl Mobility cool down combining elements of breath work, mobility and flexibility you will leave feeling refreshed, restored, energized and renewed. All levels welcome, no experience needed, modifications shown. Cathy Kopa is a fun high energy licensed Zumba and Circl Mobility instructor with more than 10 years experience teaching Zumba Fitness classes.Zumba Gold with Bernadette Knight Zumba Gold is for the Active older adult who are looking for a modified Zumba® class that recreates the original moves you love at a lower-intensity. The design of the class introduces easy-to-follow Zumba® choreography that focuses on balance, range of motion and coordination. Come ready to sweat, and prepare to leave empowered and feeling strong. The Benefits of the class focuses on all the elements of fitness: cardiovascular, muscular conditioning, flexibility and balance!  This class is taught by Bernadette Knight who is a experienced instructor who makes the class fun and a great place to meet new friends.
12:30 PM - 2:30 PM	Pickleball - Novice Pickleball Mini Program Tues Session I Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game.  It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description   Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor:  Not sure what your skill level is?  See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor. Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking.  Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date.  On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain.  At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date.  You must be able to attend both.  If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program.  Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I  Learn to Play            July 7 or rain date July 9                                                      July 14 or rain date July 16                                                     July 21 or rain date July 23                                                     July 28 or rain date July 30R$99  NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice   June 9 or rain date June 11                                                           June 16 or rain date June 18                                                           June 23 or rain date June 25                                                           June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99  NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice  August 4 or rain date August 6                                                           August 11 or rain date August 13                                                           August 18 or rain date August 20                                                           August 25 or rain date August 27      R$99  NR$109 Private Lessons Available 1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  To book a lesson you must have an account.          (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
3:30 PM - 5:00 PM	Open Gym
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Night Classes Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM	Pickleball - Beginners/Intermediate Tuesdays Night Drop-In Pickleball Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game.  It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description   Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor:  Not sure what your skill level is?  See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor. Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking.  Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date.  On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain.  At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date.  You must be able to attend both.  If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program.  Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I  Learn to Play            July 7 or rain date July 9                                                      July 14 or rain date July 16                                                     July 21 or rain date July 23                                                     July 28 or rain date July 30R$99  NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice   June 9 or rain date June 11                                                           June 16 or rain date June 18                                                           June 23 or rain date June 25                                                           June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99  NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice  August 4 or rain date August 6                                                           August 11 or rain date August 13                                                           August 18 or rain date August 20                                                           August 25 or rain date August 27      R$99  NR$109 Private Lessons Available 1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  To book a lesson you must have an account.          (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)

Wednesday October 28, 2026
5:30 AM - 6:15 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM	Tiny Movers - Tiny Movers Wednesday Session 1 Tiny MoversInstructor:  Becky Weyrauch of Rock your FitnessTiny Movers is a fitness class for young kids. Coach Becky will teach your kids the skills of listening and motor skills coordination while playing age appropriate games that get your kids moving. In this non-competitive, positive environment the emphasis will be good sportsmanship, perseverance and how to be part of a team. These will become the building blocks for school age sports and the lifelong passion for healthy living.*Parent must stay for the program and will be asked to participate at certain times during class.Children should wear sneakers and bring a water bottle.
11:30 AM - 12:15 PM	Forever Fitness - Forever Fitness Session 1 Forever FitnessA welcoming, low-impact workout for active older adults that focuses on movement, strength, and flexibility.  With guided stations, a proper warm-up, and a relaxing cool-down, this class helps you stay active, strong, and fit.
1:30 PM - 2:15 PM	Soccer Shots Preschool Program - Soccer Shots Preschool Soccer program Instructor: Coach FridaCoach Frida has six years of experience in education, having worked as both a dual language and special education teacher before becoming the Regional Manager for Soccer Shots in New York. Her background in the classroom taught her how to connect with children of all learning styles and abilities, creating inclusive and engaging spaces where every child feels supported. These experiences shaped her belief in the power of play and learning, which she now channels into youth development through the Soccer Shots program.Soccer Shots Preschool ProgramDo you have a preschooler who is ready to learn how to play soccer?  This program is for you - get active this winter season with our creative themed program.  Each week, coaches introduce and build on a new soccer skill through creative, themed activities while reinforcing character traits that align with the session and the sport of soccer, such as courage, patience, and sharing.  In this session your child will:  build on fundamental soccer skills like dribbling, passing, and shooting, develop teamwork and sportsmanship through group play, and engage in interactive activities that reinforce both skills and character growth.
2:30 PM - 3:30 PM	Home School Open Gym
3:30 PM - 5:45 PM	Open Gym
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pickleball - Pickleball Program- Nights Wed Beginners Session 2 Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game.  It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description   Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor:  Not sure what your skill level is?  See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor. Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking.  Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date.  On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain.  At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date.  You must be able to attend both.  If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program.  Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I  Learn to Play            July 7 or rain date July 9                                                      July 14 or rain date July 16                                                     July 21 or rain date July 23                                                     July 28 or rain date July 30R$99  NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice   June 9 or rain date June 11                                                           June 16 or rain date June 18                                                           June 23 or rain date June 25                                                           June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99  NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice  August 4 or rain date August 6                                                           August 11 or rain date August 13                                                           August 18 or rain date August 20                                                           August 25 or rain date August 27      R$99  NR$109 Private Lessons Available 1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  To book a lesson you must have an account.          (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)

Thursday October 29, 2026
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Golden Walking Club - Golden Walking Club FreeJoin us for a friendly and supportive walking group designed especially for seniors who want to stay active and connect with others. If you wish to improve your health, make new friends, or enjoy a pleasant stroll, this group is the perfect place to start.Come for the steps, stay for the smiles.As an added treat, we will host a monthly coffee hour where you can sit down, share stories, and enjoy good conversation over a warm cup of coffee.  Coffee hour will be held on 9/15,9/29,10/13,10/27,11/10,11/24,12/8,12/22Sign in at the Front Desk
10:30 AM - 11:30 AM	Zumba® - Zumba® Gold (Thursdays) Session 2 ZUMBA® Perfect For Everybody and every body! Each Zumba® class is designed to bring people together to sweat it on.How It WorksWe take the "work" out of workout, by mixing low-intensity and high-intensity moves for an interval-style, calorie-burning, dance fitness party. Once the Latin and World rhythms take over, you'll see why Zumba® Fitness classes are often called exercise in disguise. Super effective? Check. Super fun? Check and check.BenefitsA total workout, combining all elements of fitness – cardio, muscle conditioning, balance and flexibility, mobility, boosted energy and a serious dose of awesome each time you leave class.Zumba Dance Fitness with Cathy KopaAn hour of Zumba dance fitness will transport you as you move to music from around the world along with a few songs you know with easy to follow moves, interval training principles working all muscle groups.  The result is an hour of fun and fitness with sweat and smiles guaranteed. And we end every class with a Circl Mobility cool down combining elements of breath work, mobility and flexibility you will leave feeling refreshed, restored, energized and renewed. All levels welcome, no experience needed, modifications shown. Cathy Kopa is a fun high energy licensed Zumba and Circl Mobility instructor with more than 10 years experience teaching Zumba Fitness classes.Zumba Gold with Bernadette Knight Zumba Gold is for the Active older adult who are looking for a modified Zumba® class that recreates the original moves you love at a lower-intensity. The design of the class introduces easy-to-follow Zumba® choreography that focuses on balance, range of motion and coordination. Come ready to sweat, and prepare to leave empowered and feeling strong. The Benefits of the class focuses on all the elements of fitness: cardiovascular, muscular conditioning, flexibility and balance!  This class is taught by Bernadette Knight who is a experienced instructor who makes the class fun and a great place to meet new friends.
11:45 AM - 12:45 PM	Free Fitness Classes by MVP - Strength and Striders at Malta Community Center Free Fitness ClassInstructor:  Staci O'Connell, Certified Group Fitness Instructor MVP Strength & Striders at Malta Community Center GymJoin us for this free lunchtime class sponsored by MVP Health Care! You will gain strength, coordination and improve your balance as you move through this circuit training class that incorporates weights, balance exercises and low impact cardio as you walk the perimeter of the gym at your own pace. More than just a workout, it’s a chance to connect with others in a friendly, supportive group. This program is designed for all fitness levels with modifications offered.  All are welcome to join and membership to MVP Health Care is not required.Registration starts on 8/25
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Toddler Gliders - Toddler Gliders mixed ages Toddler GlidersInstructor: Maegan ConleyMaegan is a mom of 2 boys, one very energetic 2-year-old who loves his balance bike.  After attending a balance bike program, Maegan decided to put her 20+ years of experience working with kids to use and create a local program where other new riders can have a space to learn and have fun.Does your little one have a balance bike and nowhere to ride?  Do they need to develop their skills? Then this program is for them. In tiny gliders, we make riding fun.  Forget the training wheels and turn those “wobbles” into glides.  Each week we will develop balance, coordination, and confidence with new age-appropriate obstacles and games so come have fun while secretly building skills and the I can do it mindset. At the end of the session participants will get a certificate of completion and prize at the end of the session.

Friday October 30, 2026
5:30 AM - 6:15 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM	Pickleball - Pickleball Program Friday Intermediate Session 2 Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game.  It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description   Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor:  Not sure what your skill level is?  See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor. Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking.  Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date.  On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain.  At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date.  You must be able to attend both.  If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program.  Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I  Learn to Play            July 7 or rain date July 9                                                      July 14 or rain date July 16                                                     July 21 or rain date July 23                                                     July 28 or rain date July 30R$99  NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice   June 9 or rain date June 11                                                           June 16 or rain date June 18                                                           June 23 or rain date June 25                                                           June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99  NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice  August 4 or rain date August 6                                                           August 11 or rain date August 13                                                           August 18 or rain date August 20                                                           August 25 or rain date August 27      R$99  NR$109 Private Lessons Available 1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  To book a lesson you must have an account.          (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
1:30 PM - 3:00 PM	Pickleball - Court coverage and Strategy Session 1 Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game.  It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description   Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor:  Not sure what your skill level is?  See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor. Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking.  Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date.  On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain.  At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date.  You must be able to attend both.  If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program.  Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I  Learn to Play            July 7 or rain date July 9                                                      July 14 or rain date July 16                                                     July 21 or rain date July 23                                                     July 28 or rain date July 30R$99  NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice   June 9 or rain date June 11                                                           June 16 or rain date June 18                                                           June 23 or rain date June 25                                                           June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99  NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice  August 4 or rain date August 6                                                           August 11 or rain date August 13                                                           August 18 or rain date August 20                                                           August 25 or rain date August 27      R$99  NR$109 Private Lessons Available 1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  To book a lesson you must have an account.          (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
3:45 PM - 5:30 PM	Age 12-17 Open Gym with Signed Waiver
6:00 PM - 7:45 PM	Adult Pick-Up Basketball - Adult Pick-Up Basketball Join in the fun and get some exercise.  Drop in and join in a pick-up basketball game.  Program is open to anyone 18 or older looking to join in a game. Picture ID required to verify age and residency. No pre-registration required.  Limited to the first 25 players

Saturday October 31, 2026
8:00 AM - 8:45 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Saturday Morning Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Open Gym

Monday November 2, 2026
5:30 AM - 6:15 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM	Pickleball - Mondays Beginners Drop-In Pickleball Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game.  It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description   Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor:  Not sure what your skill level is?  See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor. Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking.  Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date.  On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain.  At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date.  You must be able to attend both.  If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program.  Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I  Learn to Play            July 7 or rain date July 9                                                      July 14 or rain date July 16                                                     July 21 or rain date July 23                                                     July 28 or rain date July 30R$99  NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice   June 9 or rain date June 11                                                           June 16 or rain date June 18                                                           June 23 or rain date June 25                                                           June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99  NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice  August 4 or rain date August 6                                                           August 11 or rain date August 13                                                           August 18 or rain date August 20                                                           August 25 or rain date August 27      R$99  NR$109 Private Lessons Available 1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  To book a lesson you must have an account.          (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pickleball - Monday Night intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game.  It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description   Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor:  Not sure what your skill level is?  See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor. Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking.  Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date.  On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain.  At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date.  You must be able to attend both.  If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program.  Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I  Learn to Play            July 7 or rain date July 9                                                      July 14 or rain date July 16                                                     July 21 or rain date July 23                                                     July 28 or rain date July 30R$99  NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice   June 9 or rain date June 11                                                           June 16 or rain date June 18                                                           June 23 or rain date June 25                                                           June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99  NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice  August 4 or rain date August 6                                                           August 11 or rain date August 13                                                           August 18 or rain date August 20                                                           August 25 or rain date August 27      R$99  NR$109 Private Lessons Available 1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  To book a lesson you must have an account.          (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)

Tuesday November 3, 2026
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Golden Walking Club - Golden Walking Club FreeJoin us for a friendly and supportive walking group designed especially for seniors who want to stay active and connect with others. If you wish to improve your health, make new friends, or enjoy a pleasant stroll, this group is the perfect place to start.Come for the steps, stay for the smiles.As an added treat, we will host a monthly coffee hour where you can sit down, share stories, and enjoy good conversation over a warm cup of coffee.  Coffee hour will be held on 9/15,9/29,10/13,10/27,11/10,11/24,12/8,12/22Sign in at the Front Desk
10:30 AM - 11:30 AM	Zumba® - Zumba® Gold Toning (Tuesdays) Session 2 ZUMBA® Perfect For Everybody and every body! Each Zumba® class is designed to bring people together to sweat it on.How It WorksWe take the "work" out of workout, by mixing low-intensity and high-intensity moves for an interval-style, calorie-burning, dance fitness party. Once the Latin and World rhythms take over, you'll see why Zumba® Fitness classes are often called exercise in disguise. Super effective? Check. Super fun? Check and check.BenefitsA total workout, combining all elements of fitness – cardio, muscle conditioning, balance and flexibility, mobility, boosted energy and a serious dose of awesome each time you leave class.Zumba Dance Fitness with Cathy KopaAn hour of Zumba dance fitness will transport you as you move to music from around the world along with a few songs you know with easy to follow moves, interval training principles working all muscle groups.  The result is an hour of fun and fitness with sweat and smiles guaranteed. And we end every class with a Circl Mobility cool down combining elements of breath work, mobility and flexibility you will leave feeling refreshed, restored, energized and renewed. All levels welcome, no experience needed, modifications shown. Cathy Kopa is a fun high energy licensed Zumba and Circl Mobility instructor with more than 10 years experience teaching Zumba Fitness classes.Zumba Gold with Bernadette Knight Zumba Gold is for the Active older adult who are looking for a modified Zumba® class that recreates the original moves you love at a lower-intensity. The design of the class introduces easy-to-follow Zumba® choreography that focuses on balance, range of motion and coordination. Come ready to sweat, and prepare to leave empowered and feeling strong. The Benefits of the class focuses on all the elements of fitness: cardiovascular, muscular conditioning, flexibility and balance!  This class is taught by Bernadette Knight who is a experienced instructor who makes the class fun and a great place to meet new friends.
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Night Classes Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM	Pickleball - Beginners/Intermediate Tuesdays Night Drop-In Pickleball Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game.  It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description   Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor:  Not sure what your skill level is?  See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor. Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking.  Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date.  On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain.  At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date.  You must be able to attend both.  If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program.  Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I  Learn to Play            July 7 or rain date July 9                                                      July 14 or rain date July 16                                                     July 21 or rain date July 23                                                     July 28 or rain date July 30R$99  NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice   June 9 or rain date June 11                                                           June 16 or rain date June 18                                                           June 23 or rain date June 25                                                           June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99  NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice  August 4 or rain date August 6                                                           August 11 or rain date August 13                                                           August 18 or rain date August 20                                                           August 25 or rain date August 27      R$99  NR$109 Private Lessons Available 1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  To book a lesson you must have an account.          (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)

Wednesday November 4, 2026
5:30 AM - 6:15 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Rock Your Fitness – Total Body TrainingAll fitness levels welcome and encouraged!Unleash Your Potential – Join our total body training class!Instructor: Becky WeyrauchBecky is a certified fitness professional for over 25 years.  Her certification & specialty training in: Kettlebell Level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.Whether you’re just starting your fitness journey, getting back into the groove after a break, or searching for a new challenge, Rock Your Fitness-Total Body Training is the perfect fit for you.  Our classes are thoughtfully designed to meet you exactly where you are – no matter your current fitness level.  Classes Monday, Wednesday, Friday 5:30, 6:30,9:00am, Tuesday Night 5:30 pm, Saturdays 8:00 amSupportive, Expert-Led TrainingEach session is led by a certified personal trainer dedicated to creating a supportive and motivating environment.  We believe that everyone deserves to feel confident and safe while working out, so exercises are clearly explained and demonstrated every step of the way.Options for Every LevelWe offer modifications for beginners and progressions for more advanced participants, allowing you to move at your own pace.  Whether you want to take it slow or push your limits, you’ll find the right level of challenge in every class.Balanced, Effective WorkoutsOur total body workouts are crafted to include: Strength Training- Build muscle and boost metabolism Cardio- Improve endurance and heart health Mobility- Enhance flexibility and prevent injury Functional Movement- Train for everyday activities We use a variety of equipment to keep classes fresh, effective, and most importantly fun!Special Offer for New ClientsYour first workout is free!  Come try a class, see how it feels, and experience the energy-no commitment required. For pricing and to register for your FREE class or a monthly session text or call Becky @518-522-9765
1:30 PM - 2:15 PM	Soccer Shots Preschool Program - Soccer Shots Preschool Soccer program Instructor: Coach FridaCoach Frida has six years of experience in education, having worked as both a dual language and special education teacher before becoming the Regional Manager for Soccer Shots in New York. Her background in the classroom taught her how to connect with children of all learning styles and abilities, creating inclusive and engaging spaces where every child feels supported. These experiences shaped her belief in the power of play and learning, which she now channels into youth development through the Soccer Shots program.Soccer Shots Preschool ProgramDo you have a preschooler who is ready to learn how to play soccer?  This program is for you - get active this winter season with our creative themed program.  Each week, coaches introduce and build on a new soccer skill through creative, themed activities while reinforcing character traits that align with the session and the sport of soccer, such as courage, patience, and sharing.  In this session your child will:  build on fundamental soccer skills like dribbling, passing, and shooting, develop teamwork and sportsmanship through group play, and engage in interactive activities that reinforce both skills and character growth.
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pickleball - Pickleball Program- Nights Wed Beginners Session 2 Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game.  It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description   Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor:  Not sure what your skill level is?  See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor. Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking.  Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date.  On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain.  At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date.  You must be able to attend both.  If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program.  Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I  Learn to Play            July 7 or rain date July 9                                                      July 14 or rain date July 16                                                     July 21 or rain date July 23                                                     July 28 or rain date July 30R$99  NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice   June 9 or rain date June 11                                                           June 16 or rain date June 18                                                           June 23 or rain date June 25                                                           June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99  NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice  August 4 or rain date August 6                                                           August 11 or rain date August 13                                                           August 18 or rain date August 20                                                           August 25 or rain date August 27      R$99  NR$109 Private Lessons Available 1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  To book a lesson you must have an account.          (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)

Thursday November 5, 2026
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Golden Walking Club - Golden Walking Club FreeJoin us for a friendly and supportive walking group designed especially for seniors who want to stay active and connect with others. If you wish to improve your health, make new friends, or enjoy a pleasant stroll, this group is the perfect place to start.Come for the steps, stay for the smiles.As an added treat, we will host a monthly coffee hour where you can sit down, share stories, and enjoy good conversation over a warm cup of coffee.  Coffee hour will be held on 9/15,9/29,10/13,10/27,11/10,11/24,12/8,12/22Sign in at the Front Desk
10:30 AM - 11:30 AM	Zumba® - Zumba® Gold (Thursdays) Session 2 ZUMBA® Perfect For Everybody and every body! Each Zumba® class is designed to bring people together to sweat it on.How It WorksWe take the "work" out of workout, by mixing low-intensity and high-intensity moves for an interval-style, calorie-burning, dance fitness party. Once the Latin and World rhythms take over, you'll see why Zumba® Fitness classes are often called exercise in disguise. Super effective? Check. Super fun? Check and check.BenefitsA total workout, combining all elements of fitness – cardio, muscle conditioning, balance and flexibility, mobility, boosted energy and a serious dose of awesome each time you leave class.Zumba Dance Fitness with Cathy KopaAn hour of Zumba dance fitness will transport you as you move to music from around the world along with a few songs you know with easy to follow moves, interval training principles working all muscle groups.  The result is an hour of fun and fitness with sweat and smiles guaranteed. And we end every class with a Circl Mobility cool down combining elements of breath work, mobility and flexibility you will leave feeling refreshed, restored, energized and renewed. All levels welcome, no experience needed, modifications shown. Cathy Kopa is a fun high energy licensed Zumba and Circl Mobility instructor with more than 10 years experience teaching Zumba Fitness classes.Zumba Gold with Bernadette Knight Zumba Gold is for the Active older adult who are looking for a modified Zumba® class that recreates the original moves you love at a lower-intensity. The design of the class introduces easy-to-follow Zumba® choreography that focuses on balance, range of motion and coordination. Come ready to sweat, and prepare to leave empowered and feeling strong. The Benefits of the class focuses on all the elements of fitness: cardiovascular, muscular conditioning, flexibility and balance!  This class is taught by Bernadette Knight who is a experienced instructor who makes the class fun and a great place to meet new friends.
11:45 AM - 12:45 PM	Free Fitness Classes by MVP - Strength and Striders at Malta Community Center Free Fitness ClassInstructor:  Staci O'Connell, Certified Group Fitness Instructor MVP Strength & Striders at Malta Community Center GymJoin us for this free lunchtime class sponsored by MVP Health Care! You will gain strength, coordination and improve your balance as you move through this circuit training class that incorporates weights, balance exercises and low impact cardio as you walk the perimeter of the gym at your own pace. More than just a workout, it’s a chance to connect with others in a friendly, supportive group. This program is designed for all fitness levels with modifications offered.  All are welcome to join and membership to MVP Health Care is not required.Registration starts on 8/25
1:30 PM - 3:30 PM	Pickleball - Pickleball Program Thurs Beg/Int Session 2 Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game.  It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description   Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor:  Not sure what your skill level is?  See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor. Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking.  Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date.  On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain.  At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date.  You must be able to attend both.  If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program.  Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I  Learn to Play            July 7 or rain date July 9                                                      July 14 or rain date July 16                                                     July 21 or rain date July 23                                                     July 28 or rain date July 30R$99  NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice   June 9 or rain date June 11                                                           June 16 or rain date June 18                                                           June 23 or rain date June 25                                                           June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99  NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice  August 4 or rain date August 6                                                           August 11 or rain date August 13                                                           August 18 or rain date August 20                                                           August 25 or rain date August 27      R$99  NR$109 Private Lessons Available 1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  To book a lesson you must have an account.          (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	November Saratoga Volleyball